blob: ffecaccc1f260e3d3788bae26c3ed22c0577db10 [file] [log] [blame]
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001//===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of
11/// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an
12/// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to
13/// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector
14/// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate.
15///
16/// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions
17/// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged
18/// and are not decomposed to scalar code.
19///
20/// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also
21/// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the
22/// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized.
23///
24//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
25
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000026#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000035#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
Chandler Carruth12664a02014-03-06 00:22:06 +000036#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000037#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Chandler Carruth9a4c9e52014-03-06 00:46:21 +000038#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000039#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000040#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth7da14f12014-03-06 03:23:41 +000041#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000042#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000045#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000046#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000047#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +000048#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000049#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
50#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000051#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000052#include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000053#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000054#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000055#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
56#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000057
58#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
59// We only use this for a debug check in C++11
60#include <random>
61#endif
62
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000063using namespace llvm;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000064using namespace llvm::sroa;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000065
Chandler Carruth964daaa2014-04-22 02:55:47 +000066#define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa"
67
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000068STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000069STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed");
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +000070STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca");
71STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten");
72STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000073STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced");
74STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000075STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000076STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted");
77STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000078
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000079/// Hidden option to enable randomly shuffling the slices to help uncover
80/// instability in their order.
81static cl::opt<bool> SROARandomShuffleSlices("sroa-random-shuffle-slices",
82 cl::init(false), cl::Hidden);
83
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000084/// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds
85/// GEPs.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000086static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds", cl::init(false),
87 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000088
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000089namespace {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000090/// \brief A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names if they are
91/// preserved.
92template <bool preserveNames = true>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000093class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter
94 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000095 std::string Prefix;
96
97public:
98 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); }
99
100protected:
101 void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB,
102 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
103 IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames>::InsertHelper(
104 I, Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name, BB, InsertPt);
105 }
106};
107
108// Specialization for not preserving the name is trivial.
109template <>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000110class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>
111 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<false> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000112public:
113 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) {}
114};
115
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000116/// \brief Provide a typedef for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds.
117#ifndef NDEBUG
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000118typedef llvm::IRBuilder<true, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<true>>
119 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000120#else
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000121typedef llvm::IRBuilder<false, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>>
122 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000123#endif
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000124}
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000125
126namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000127/// \brief A used slice of an alloca.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000128///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000129/// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It
130/// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use
131/// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable
132/// or not when forming partitions of the alloca.
133class Slice {
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000134 /// \brief The beginning offset of the range.
135 uint64_t BeginOffset;
136
137 /// \brief The ending offset, not included in the range.
138 uint64_t EndOffset;
139
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000140 /// \brief Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000141 /// split.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000142 PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000143
144public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000145 Slice() : BeginOffset(), EndOffset() {}
146 Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000147 : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset),
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000148 UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {}
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000149
150 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
151 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
152
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000153 bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); }
154 void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000155
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000156 Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000157
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000158 bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; }
159 void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000160
161 /// \brief Support for ordering ranges.
162 ///
163 /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are
164 /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are
165 /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the
166 /// same start position.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000167 bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000168 if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset())
169 return true;
170 if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset())
171 return false;
172 if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable())
173 return !isSplittable();
174 if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset())
175 return true;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000176 return false;
177 }
178
179 /// \brief Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000180 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000181 uint64_t RHSOffset) {
182 return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000183 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000184 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000185 const Slice &RHS) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000186 return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000187 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000188
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000189 bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000190 return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() &&
191 beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000192 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000193 bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000194};
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000195} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000196
197namespace llvm {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000198template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000199template <> struct isPodLike<Slice> { static const bool value = true; };
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000200}
201
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000202/// \brief Representation of the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000203///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000204/// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its
205/// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation
206/// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are
207/// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices
208/// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000209class llvm::sroa::AllocaSlices {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000210public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000211 /// \brief Construct the slices of a particular alloca.
212 AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000213
214 /// \brief Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis.
215 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000216 /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000217 /// ignored.
218 bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; }
219
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000220 /// \brief Support for iterating over the slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000221 /// @{
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000222 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000223 typedef iterator_range<iterator> range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000224 iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); }
225 iterator end() { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000226
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000227 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator const_iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000228 typedef iterator_range<const_iterator> const_range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000229 const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); }
230 const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000231 /// @}
232
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000233 /// \brief Erase a range of slices.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +0000234 void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(Start, Stop); }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000235
236 /// \brief Insert new slices for this alloca.
237 ///
238 /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts
239 /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices
240 /// hold.
241 void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
242 int OldSize = Slices.size();
Benjamin Kramer4f6ac162015-02-28 10:11:12 +0000243 Slices.append(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000244 auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
245 std::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
246 std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
247 }
248
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000249 // Forward declare the iterator and range accessor for walking the
250 // partitions.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000251 class partition_iterator;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000252 iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000253
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000254 /// \brief Access the dead users for this alloca.
255 ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000256
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000257 /// \brief Access the dead operands referring to this alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000258 ///
259 /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the
260 /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for
261 /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just
262 /// need to replace with undef.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000263 ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000264
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000265#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000266 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000267 void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
268 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000269 void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
270 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000271 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +0000272 void dump(const_iterator I) const;
273 void dump() const;
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000274#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000275
276private:
277 template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000278 class SliceBuilder;
279 friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000280
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000281#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000282 /// \brief Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces.
283 AllocaInst &AI;
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000284#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000285
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000286 /// \brief The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set
287 /// of slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000288 ///
289 /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000290 /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the
291 /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000292 Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr;
293
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000294 /// \brief The slices of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000295 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000296 /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This
297 /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable
298 /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more
299 /// details.
300 SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000301
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000302 /// \brief Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
303 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000304 /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an
305 /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten,
306 /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with undef as
307 /// they come from outside of the allocated space.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000308 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers;
309
310 /// \brief Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
311 ///
312 /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with
313 /// undef when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs
314 /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be
315 /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we
316 /// want to swap this particular input for undef to simplify the use lists of
317 /// the alloca.
318 SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000319};
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000320
321/// \brief A partition of the slices.
322///
323/// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as
324/// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's
325/// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices
326/// overlapping some part of the partition.
327///
328/// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but
329/// are only ephemeral and not persistent.
330class llvm::sroa::Partition {
331private:
332 friend class AllocaSlices;
333 friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator;
334
335 typedef AllocaSlices::iterator iterator;
336
337 /// \brief The beginning and ending offsets of the alloca for this
338 /// partition.
339 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
340
341 /// \brief The start end end iterators of this partition.
342 iterator SI, SJ;
343
344 /// \brief A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition.
345 SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails;
346
347 /// \brief Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at
348 /// the given iterator.
349 Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {}
350
351public:
352 /// \brief The start offset of this partition.
353 ///
354 /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset.
355 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
356
357 /// \brief The end offset of this partition.
358 ///
359 /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset.
360 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
361
362 /// \brief The size of the partition.
363 ///
364 /// Note that this can never be zero.
365 uint64_t size() const {
366 assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!");
367 return EndOffset - BeginOffset;
368 }
369
370 /// \brief Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans
371 /// a region occupied by split slices.
372 bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; }
373
374 /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition.
375 /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the
376 /// partition begin offset.
377 /// @{
378 // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that
379 // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the
380 // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer
381 // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for
382 // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns.
383 iterator begin() const { return SI; }
384 iterator end() const { return SJ; }
385 /// @}
386
387 /// \brief Get the sequence of split slice tails.
388 ///
389 /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are
390 /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming
391 /// partitions.
392 ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; }
393};
394
395/// \brief An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices.
396///
397/// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's
398/// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for
399/// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the
400/// current set of split slices.
401///
402/// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate
403/// with either const or non-const slice iterators.
404class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator
405 : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator, std::forward_iterator_tag,
406 Partition> {
407 friend class AllocaSlices;
408
409 /// \brief Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class
410 /// with a nice interface for examining them.
411 Partition P;
412
413 /// \brief We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop.
414 AllocaSlices::iterator SE;
415
416 /// \brief We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen.
417 /// FIXME: Do we really?
418 uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
419
420 /// \brief Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the
421 /// end iterator.
422 partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE)
423 : P(SI), SE(SE), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset(0) {
424 // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial
425 // partition.
426 if (SI != SE)
427 advance();
428 }
429
430 /// \brief Advance the iterator to the next partition.
431 ///
432 /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices.
433 void advance() {
434 assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) &&
435 "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!");
436
437 // Clear out any split uses which have ended.
438 if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) {
439 if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) {
440 // If we've finished all splits, this is easy.
441 P.SplitTails.clear();
442 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
443 } else {
444 // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This
445 // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that
446 // the prior partition ended prior to that max.
447 P.SplitTails.erase(
448 std::remove_if(
449 P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
450 [&](Slice *S) { return S->endOffset() <= P.EndOffset; }),
451 P.SplitTails.end());
452 assert(std::any_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
453 [&](Slice *S) {
454 return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
455 }) &&
456 "Could not find the current max split slice offset!");
457 assert(std::all_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
458 [&](Slice *S) {
459 return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
460 }) &&
461 "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!");
462 }
463 }
464
465 // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and
466 // now have an end iterator.
467 if (P.SI == SE) {
468 assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!");
469 return;
470 }
471
472 // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for
473 // subsequent partitions.
474 if (P.SI != P.SJ) {
475 // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old
476 // partition into the split list.
477 for (Slice &S : P)
478 if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) {
479 P.SplitTails.push_back(&S);
480 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset =
481 std::max(S.endOffset(), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset);
482 }
483
484 // Start from the end of the previous partition.
485 P.SI = P.SJ;
486
487 // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices.
488 if (P.SI == SE) {
489 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
490 P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
491 return;
492 }
493
494 // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is
495 // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split
496 // slices up until the next slice begins.
497 if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset &&
498 !P.SI->isSplittable()) {
499 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
500 P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset();
501 return;
502 }
503 }
504
505 // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the
506 // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the
507 // partition is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have
508 // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin
509 // at the prior end offset.
510 P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset;
511 P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset();
512 ++P.SJ;
513
514 // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the
515 // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice.
516 if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) {
517 // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at
518 // the first slice and will extend through its end.
519 assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset());
520
521 // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this
522 // unsplittable slice.
523 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
524 if (!P.SJ->isSplittable())
525 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
526 ++P.SJ;
527 }
528
529 // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable
530 // partitions.
531 return;
532 }
533
534 // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form
535 // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable
536 // splices.
537 assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!");
538
539 // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices.
540 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset &&
541 P.SJ->isSplittable()) {
542 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
543 ++P.SJ;
544 }
545
546 // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an
547 // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of
548 // a partition spanning only splittable slices.
549 if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
550 assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable());
551 P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset();
552 }
553 }
554
555public:
556 bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const {
557 assert(SE == RHS.SE &&
558 "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!");
559
560 // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and
561 // the emptiness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when
562 // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split
563 // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split
564 // slices.
565 if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI && P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) {
566 assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ &&
567 "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!");
568 assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() &&
569 "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split "
570 "slice tails!");
571 return true;
572 }
573 return false;
574 }
575
576 partition_iterator &operator++() {
577 advance();
578 return *this;
579 }
580
581 Partition &operator*() { return P; }
582};
583
584/// \brief A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices.
585///
586/// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's
587/// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping
588/// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty"
589/// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split
590/// slices.
591iterator_range<AllocaSlices::partition_iterator> AllocaSlices::partitions() {
592 return make_range(partition_iterator(begin(), end()),
593 partition_iterator(end(), end()));
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000594}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000595
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000596static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
597 // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is
598 // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen
599 // early on.
600 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI.getCondition()))
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000601 return SI.getOperand(1 + CI->isZero());
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000602 if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000603 return SI.getOperand(1);
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000604
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000605 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000606}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000607
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000608/// \brief A helper that folds a PHI node or a select.
609static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
610 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) {
611 // If PN merges together the same value, return that value.
612 return PN->hasConstantValue();
613 }
614 return foldSelectInst(cast<SelectInst>(I));
615}
616
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000617/// \brief Builder for the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000618///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000619/// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses
620/// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset.
621class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> {
622 friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
623 friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
624 typedef PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> Base;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000625
626 const uint64_t AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000627 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000628
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000629 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000630 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes;
631
632 /// \brief Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk.
633 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000634
635public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000636 SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS)
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000637 : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL),
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000638 AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType())), AS(AS) {}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000639
640private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000641 void markAsDead(Instruction &I) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000642 if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(&I).second)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000643 AS.DeadUsers.push_back(&I);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000644 }
645
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000646 void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size,
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000647 bool IsSplittable = false) {
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000648 // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or
649 // past the end of the allocation.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000650 if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000651 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000652 << " which has zero size or starts outside of the "
653 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000654 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000655 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000656 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000657 }
658
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000659 uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
660 uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size;
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000661
662 // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is
663 // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows.
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000664 // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely,
665 // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where
666 // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore
667 // them, and so have to record at least the information here.
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000668 assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above.
669 if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000670 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
671 << " to remain within the " << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000672 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000673 << " use: " << I << "\n");
674 EndOffset = AllocSize;
675 }
676
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000677 AS.Slices.push_back(Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000678 }
679
680 void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
681 if (BC.use_empty())
682 return markAsDead(BC);
683
684 return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC);
685 }
686
687 void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
688 if (GEPI.use_empty())
689 return markAsDead(GEPI);
690
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000691 if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) {
692 // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside
693 // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the
694 // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable
695 // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into
696 // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds
697 // by writing out the code here where we have tho underlying allocation
698 // size readily available.
699 APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000700 const DataLayout &DL = GEPI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000701 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
702 GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
703 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
704 ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
705 if (!OpC)
706 break;
707
708 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
709 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
710 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
711 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
712 GEPOffset +=
713 APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx));
714 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000715 // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the
716 // type.
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000717 APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(Offset.getBitWidth());
718 GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(),
719 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
720 }
721
722 // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not
723 // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can
724 // delete it and all uses.
725 if (GEPOffset.ugt(AllocSize))
726 return markAsDead(GEPI);
727 }
728 }
729
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000730 return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000731 }
732
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000733 void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset,
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000734 uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) {
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +0000735 // We allow splitting of non-volatile loads and stores where the type is an
736 // integer type. These may be used to implement 'memcpy' or other "transfer
737 // of bits" patterns.
738 bool IsSplittable = Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile;
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000739
740 insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000741 }
742
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000743 void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000744 assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
745 "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000746
747 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
748 return PI.setAborted(&LI);
749
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000750 const DataLayout &DL = LI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000751 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
752 return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000753 }
754
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000755 void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000756 Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand();
757 if (ValOp == *U)
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000758 return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI);
759 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
760 return PI.setAborted(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000761
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000762 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000763 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
764
765 // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
766 // bounds of of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply
767 // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping
768 // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the
769 // risk of overflow.
770 // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this
771 // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000772 if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(AllocSize - Size)) {
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000773 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @" << Offset
774 << " which extends past the end of the " << AllocSize
775 << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000776 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000777 << " use: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000778 return markAsDead(SI);
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000779 }
780
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000781 assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
782 "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000783 handleLoadOrStore(ValOp->getType(), SI, Offset, Size, SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000784 }
785
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000786 void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Chandler Carruthb0de6dd2012-09-14 10:26:34 +0000787 assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000788 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000789 if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) ||
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000790 (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(AllocSize)))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000791 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000792 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000793
794 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
795 return PI.setAborted(&II);
796
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000797 insertUse(II, Offset, Length ? Length->getLimitedValue()
798 : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000799 (bool)Length);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000800 }
801
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000802 void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000803 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000804 if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000805 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000806 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000807
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000808 // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the
809 // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it.
810 if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(&II))
811 return;
812
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000813 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
814 return PI.setAborted(&II);
815
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000816 // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can
817 // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side
818 // if already added to our partitions.
819 // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when
820 // instrumenting for ASan.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000821 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000822 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI =
823 MemTransferSliceMap.find(&II);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000824 if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end())
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000825 AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill();
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000826 return markAsDead(II);
827 }
828
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000829 uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000830 uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000831
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000832 // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both
833 // source and dest.
834 if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) {
835 // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op.
836 if (!II.isVolatile())
837 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000838
Nick Lewycky6ab9d932013-07-22 23:38:27 +0000839 return insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000840 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000841
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000842 // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then
843 // they both point to the same alloca.
844 bool Inserted;
845 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000846 std::tie(MTPI, Inserted) =
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000847 MemTransferSliceMap.insert(std::make_pair(&II, AS.Slices.size()));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000848 unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second;
849 if (!Inserted) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000850 Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx];
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000851
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000852 // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer.
853 // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000854 if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) {
855 PrevP.kill();
856 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000857 }
858
859 // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't
860 // split those.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000861 PrevP.makeUnsplittable();
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000862 }
863
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000864 // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000865 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000866
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000867 // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000868 assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II &&
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000869 "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user.");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000870 }
871
872 // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +0000873 // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but
Chandler Carruth4b40e002012-09-14 10:26:36 +0000874 // doesn't make sense.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000875 void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
876 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
877 return PI.setAborted(&II);
878
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000879 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
880 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end) {
881 ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(II.getArgOperand(0));
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000882 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
883 Length->getLimitedValue());
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000884 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, true);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000885 return;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000886 }
887
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000888 Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000889 }
890
891 Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) {
892 // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000893 // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000894 // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored
895 // size.
896 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
897 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
898 Visited.insert(Root);
899 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000900 const DataLayout &DL = Root->getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth8b907e82012-09-25 10:03:40 +0000901 // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
902 // a size zero access.
903 Size = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000904 do {
905 Instruction *I, *UsedI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000906 std::tie(UsedI, I) = Uses.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000907
908 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000909 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000910 continue;
911 }
912 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
913 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
914 if (Op == UsedI)
915 return SI;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000916 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Op->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000917 continue;
918 }
919
920 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
921 if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
922 return GEP;
923 } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(I) && !isa<PHINode>(I) &&
924 !isa<SelectInst>(I)) {
925 return I;
926 }
927
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000928 for (User *U : I->users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000929 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000930 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U)));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000931 } while (!Uses.empty());
932
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000933 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000934 }
935
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000936 void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
937 assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I));
938 if (I.use_empty())
939 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000940
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000941 // TODO: We could use SimplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and
942 // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current
943 // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading
944 // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not
945 // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the
946 // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef,
947 // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand
948 // "undef".
949 if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000950 if (Result == *U)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000951 // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000952 // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it.
953 enqueueUsers(I);
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000954 else
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000955 // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace
956 // it with undef.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000957 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000958
959 return;
960 }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000961
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000962 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000963 return PI.setAborted(&I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000964
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000965 // See if we already have computed info on this node.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000966 uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I];
967 if (!Size) {
968 // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it.
969 if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(&I, Size))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000970 return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI);
971 }
972
973 // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire
974 // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special
975 // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands
976 // themselves which should be replaced with undef.
977 // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting
978 // for address sanitization.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000979 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000980 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000981 return;
982 }
983
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000984 insertUse(I, Offset, Size);
985 }
986
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000987 void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(PN); }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000988
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000989 void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(SI); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000990
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000991 /// \brief Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000992 void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000993};
994
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000995AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000996 :
997#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
998 AI(AI),
999#endif
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001000 PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001001 SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001002 SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001003 if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) {
1004 // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001005 // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001006 PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst()
1007 : PtrI.getAbortingInst();
1008 assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001009 return;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001010 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001011
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001012 Slices.erase(std::remove_if(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(),
Chandler Carruth68ea4152014-12-18 05:19:47 +00001013 [](const Slice &S) {
1014 return S.isDead();
1015 }),
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001016 Slices.end());
1017
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001018#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
1019 if (SROARandomShuffleSlices) {
1020 std::mt19937 MT(static_cast<unsigned>(sys::TimeValue::now().msec()));
1021 std::shuffle(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(), MT);
1022 }
1023#endif
1024
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00001025 // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order,
1026 // and the sizes to be in descending order.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001027 std::sort(Slices.begin(), Slices.end());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001028}
1029
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001030#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1031
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001032void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1033 StringRef Indent) const {
1034 printSlice(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001035 OS << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001036 printUse(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001037}
1038
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001039void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1040 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001041 OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")"
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001042 << " slice #" << (I - begin())
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001043 << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001044}
1045
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001046void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1047 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001048 OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n";
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001049}
1050
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001051void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001052 if (PointerEscapingInstr) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001053 OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001054 << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n"
1055 << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n";
1056 return;
1057 }
1058
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001059 OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001060 for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001061 print(OS, I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001062}
1063
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +00001064LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const {
1065 print(dbgs(), I);
1066}
1067LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001068
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001069#endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1070
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001071/// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this
1072/// sequence of slices.
1073static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
1074 AllocaSlices::const_iterator E,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001075 uint64_t EndOffset) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001076 Type *Ty = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001077 bool TyIsCommon = true;
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001078 IntegerType *ITy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001079
1080 // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we
1081 // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001082 for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001083 Use *U = I->getUse();
1084 if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(*U->getUser()))
1085 continue;
1086 if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset)
1087 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001088
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001089 Type *UserTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001090 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001091 UserTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001092 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001093 UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001094 }
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001095
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001096 if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(UserTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001097 // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001098 // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001099 // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width
1100 // multiple.
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001101 if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 ||
1102 UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001103 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001104
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001105 // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there
1106 // is no common type.
1107 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth())
1108 ITy = UserITy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001109 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith73686d32014-06-17 00:19:35 +00001110
1111 // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not
1112 // depend on types skipped above.
1113 if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy))
1114 TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type.
1115 else
1116 Ty = UserTy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001117 }
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001118
1119 return TyIsCommon ? Ty : ITy;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001120}
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001121
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001122/// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1123/// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the
1124/// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1125/// From this:
1126/// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other]
1127/// %V = load i32* %P2
1128/// to:
1129/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1130/// ...
1131/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1132/// ...
1133/// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2]
1134///
1135/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands
1136/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
1137///
1138/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
1139/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001140static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001141 // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
1142 // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
1143 // TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
1144 // TODO: Allow stores.
1145 BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent();
1146 unsigned MaxAlign = 0;
1147 bool HaveLoad = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001148 for (User *U : PN.users()) {
1149 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001150 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001151 return false;
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001152
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001153 // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is
1154 // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through
1155 // a PHI.
1156 if (LI->getParent() != BB)
1157 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001158
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001159 // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that
1160 // could store.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00001161 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI(PN); &*BBI != LI; ++BBI)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001162 if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001163 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001164
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001165 MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
1166 HaveLoad = true;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001167 }
1168
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001169 if (!HaveLoad)
1170 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001171
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001172 // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
1173 // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
1174 // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
1175 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1176 TerminatorInst *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx)->getTerminator();
1177 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001178
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001179 // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an
1180 // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load
1181 // in the predecessor.
1182 if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects())
1183 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001184
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001185 // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't
1186 // critical.
1187 if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1)
1188 continue;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001189
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001190 // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there
1191 // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
1192 // block.
Artur Pilipenkof84dc062016-01-17 12:35:29 +00001193 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, MaxAlign, TI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001194 continue;
1195
1196 return false;
1197 }
1198
1199 return true;
1200}
1201
1202static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
1203 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
1204
1205 Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(PN.getType())->getElementType();
1206 IRBuilderTy PHIBuilder(&PN);
1207 PHINode *NewPN = PHIBuilder.CreatePHI(LoadTy, PN.getNumIncomingValues(),
1208 PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1209
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001210 // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It doesn't
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001211 // matter which one we get and if any differ.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001212 LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001213
1214 AAMDNodes AATags;
1215 SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001216 unsigned Align = SomeLoad->getAlignment();
1217
1218 // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI.
1219 while (!PN.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001220 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001221 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPN);
1222 LI->eraseFromParent();
1223 }
1224
1225 // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks.
1226 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1227 BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx);
1228 TerminatorInst *TI = Pred->getTerminator();
1229 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
1230 IRBuilderTy PredBuilder(TI);
1231
1232 LoadInst *Load = PredBuilder.CreateLoad(
1233 InVal, (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName()));
1234 ++NumLoadsSpeculated;
1235 Load->setAlignment(Align);
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001236 if (AATags)
1237 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001238 NewPN->addIncoming(Load, Pred);
1239 }
1240
1241 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n");
1242 PN.eraseFromParent();
1243}
1244
1245/// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1246/// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result,
1247/// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1248/// From this:
1249/// %P2 = select i1 %cond, i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other
1250/// %V = load i32* %P2
1251/// to:
1252/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1253/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1254/// %V = select i1 %cond, i32 %V1, i32 %V2
1255///
1256/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
1257/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001258static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001259 Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
1260 Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001261
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001262 for (User *U : SI.users()) {
1263 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001264 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001265 return false;
1266
1267 // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either
1268 // absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
1269 // accesses to it.
Artur Pilipenkof84dc062016-01-17 12:35:29 +00001270 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI->getAlignment(), LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001271 return false;
Artur Pilipenkof84dc062016-01-17 12:35:29 +00001272 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI->getAlignment(), LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001273 return false;
1274 }
1275
1276 return true;
1277}
1278
1279static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI) {
1280 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
1281
1282 IRBuilderTy IRB(&SI);
1283 Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue();
1284 Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue();
1285 // Replace the loads of the select with a select of two loads.
1286 while (!SI.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001287 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001288 assert(LI->isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads");
1289
1290 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
1291 LoadInst *TL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001292 IRB.CreateLoad(TV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001293 LoadInst *FL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001294 IRB.CreateLoad(FV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001295 NumLoadsSpeculated += 2;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001296
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001297 // Transfer alignment and AA info if present.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001298 TL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
1299 FL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001300
1301 AAMDNodes Tags;
1302 LI->getAAMetadata(Tags);
1303 if (Tags) {
1304 TL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
1305 FL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001306 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001307
1308 Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(SI.getCondition(), TL, FL,
1309 LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1310
1311 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n");
1312 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1313 LI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001314 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001315 SI.eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001316}
1317
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001318/// \brief Build a GEP out of a base pointer and indices.
1319///
1320/// This will return the BasePtr if that is valid, or build a new GEP
1321/// instruction using the IRBuilder if GEP-ing is needed.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001322static Value *buildGEP(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *BasePtr,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001323 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001324 if (Indices.empty())
1325 return BasePtr;
1326
1327 // A single zero index is a no-op, so check for this and avoid building a GEP
1328 // in that case.
1329 if (Indices.size() == 1 && cast<ConstantInt>(Indices.back())->isZero())
1330 return BasePtr;
1331
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001332 return IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, BasePtr, Indices,
1333 NamePrefix + "sroa_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001334}
1335
1336/// \brief Get a natural GEP off of the BasePtr walking through Ty toward
1337/// TargetTy without changing the offset of the pointer.
1338///
1339/// This routine assumes we've already established a properly offset GEP with
1340/// Indices, and arrived at the Ty type. The goal is to continue to GEP with
1341/// zero-indices down through type layers until we find one the same as
1342/// TargetTy. If we can't find one with the same type, we at least try to use
1343/// one with the same size. If none of that works, we just produce the GEP as
1344/// indicated by Indices to have the correct offset.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001345static Value *getNaturalGEPWithType(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001346 Value *BasePtr, Type *Ty, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001347 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1348 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001349 if (Ty == TargetTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001350 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001351
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001352 // Pointer size to use for the indices.
1353 unsigned PtrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(BasePtr->getType());
1354
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001355 // See if we can descend into a struct and locate a field with the correct
1356 // type.
1357 unsigned NumLayers = 0;
1358 Type *ElementTy = Ty;
1359 do {
1360 if (ElementTy->isPointerTy())
1361 break;
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001362
1363 if (ArrayType *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(ElementTy)) {
1364 ElementTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
1365 Indices.push_back(IRB.getIntN(PtrSize, 0));
1366 } else if (VectorType *VectorTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(ElementTy)) {
1367 ElementTy = VectorTy->getElementType();
1368 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001369 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElementTy)) {
Chandler Carruth503eb2b2012-10-09 01:58:35 +00001370 if (STy->element_begin() == STy->element_end())
1371 break; // Nothing left to descend into.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001372 ElementTy = *STy->element_begin();
1373 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
1374 } else {
1375 break;
1376 }
1377 ++NumLayers;
1378 } while (ElementTy != TargetTy);
1379 if (ElementTy != TargetTy)
1380 Indices.erase(Indices.end() - NumLayers, Indices.end());
1381
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001382 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001383}
1384
1385/// \brief Recursively compute indices for a natural GEP.
1386///
1387/// This is the recursive step for getNaturalGEPWithOffset that walks down the
1388/// element types adding appropriate indices for the GEP.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001389static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001390 Value *Ptr, Type *Ty, APInt &Offset,
1391 Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001392 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1393 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001394 if (Offset == 0)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001395 return getNaturalGEPWithType(IRB, DL, Ptr, Ty, TargetTy, Indices,
1396 NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001397
1398 // We can't recurse through pointer types.
1399 if (Ty->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001400 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001401
Chandler Carruthdd3cea82012-09-14 10:30:40 +00001402 // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are
1403 // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing
1404 // over a vector from the IR completely.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001405 if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001406 unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType());
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001407 if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) {
1408 // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid.
1409 return nullptr;
1410 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001411 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8);
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001412 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001413 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001414 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001415 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1416 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001417 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(),
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001418 Offset, TargetTy, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001419 }
1420
1421 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
1422 Type *ElementTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001423 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001424 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001425 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001426 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001427
1428 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1429 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001430 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001431 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001432 }
1433
1434 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
1435 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001436 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001437
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001438 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001439 uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
Chandler Carruthcabd96c2012-09-14 10:30:42 +00001440 if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001441 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001442 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset);
1443 Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index));
1444 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001445 if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001446 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001447
1448 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001449 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001450 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001451}
1452
1453/// \brief Get a natural GEP from a base pointer to a particular offset and
1454/// resulting in a particular type.
1455///
1456/// The goal is to produce a "natural" looking GEP that works with the existing
1457/// composite types to arrive at the appropriate offset and element type for
1458/// a pointer. TargetTy is the element type the returned GEP should point-to if
1459/// possible. We recurse by decreasing Offset, adding the appropriate index to
1460/// Indices, and setting Ty to the result subtype.
1461///
Chandler Carruth93a21e72012-09-14 10:18:49 +00001462/// If no natural GEP can be constructed, this function returns null.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001463static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001464 Value *Ptr, APInt Offset, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001465 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1466 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001467 PointerType *Ty = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType());
1468
1469 // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is
1470 // an i8.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001471 if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001472 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001473
1474 Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth3f882d42012-09-18 22:37:19 +00001475 if (!ElementTy->isSized())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001476 return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001477 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001478 if (ElementSize == 0)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001479 return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001480 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001481
1482 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1483 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001484 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001485 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001486}
1487
1488/// \brief Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the
1489/// resulting pointer has PointerTy.
1490///
1491/// This tries very hard to compute a "natural" GEP which arrives at the offset
1492/// and produces the pointer type desired. Where it cannot, it will try to use
1493/// the natural GEP to arrive at the offset and bitcast to the type. Where that
1494/// fails, it will try to use an existing i8* and GEP to the byte offset and
1495/// bitcast to the type.
1496///
1497/// The strategy for finding the more natural GEPs is to peel off layers of the
1498/// pointer, walking back through bit casts and GEPs, searching for a base
1499/// pointer from which we can compute a natural GEP with the desired
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001500/// properties. The algorithm tries to fold as many constant indices into
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001501/// a single GEP as possible, thus making each GEP more independent of the
1502/// surrounding code.
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001503static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr,
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001504 APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001505 // Even though we don't look through PHI nodes, we could be called on an
1506 // instruction in an unreachable block, which may be on a cycle.
1507 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1508 Visited.insert(Ptr);
1509 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Indices;
1510
1511 // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we
1512 // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001513 // fall back to it, so keep it and the base it was computed from around here.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001514 Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001515 Value *OffsetBasePtr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001516
1517 // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw
1518 // byte offset.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001519 Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001520 APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
1521
1522 Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType();
1523
1524 do {
1525 // First fold any existing GEPs into the offset.
1526 while (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
1527 APInt GEPOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001528 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001529 break;
1530 Offset += GEPOffset;
1531 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001532 if (!Visited.insert(Ptr).second)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001533 break;
1534 }
1535
1536 // See if we can perform a natural GEP here.
1537 Indices.clear();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001538 if (Value *P = getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRB, DL, Ptr, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001539 Indices, NamePrefix)) {
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001540 // If we have a new natural pointer at the offset, clear out any old
1541 // offset pointer we computed. Unless it is the base pointer or
1542 // a non-instruction, we built a GEP we don't need. Zap it.
1543 if (OffsetPtr && OffsetPtr != OffsetBasePtr)
1544 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OffsetPtr)) {
1545 assert(I->use_empty() && "Built a GEP with uses some how!");
1546 I->eraseFromParent();
1547 }
1548 OffsetPtr = P;
1549 OffsetBasePtr = Ptr;
1550 // If we also found a pointer of the right type, we're done.
1551 if (P->getType() == PointerTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001552 return P;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001553 }
1554
1555 // Stash this pointer if we've found an i8*.
1556 if (Ptr->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
1557 Int8Ptr = Ptr;
1558 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1559 }
1560
1561 // Peel off a layer of the pointer and update the offset appropriately.
1562 if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast) {
1563 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
1564 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
1565 if (GA->mayBeOverridden())
1566 break;
1567 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
1568 } else {
1569 break;
1570 }
1571 assert(Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001572 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001573
1574 if (!OffsetPtr) {
1575 if (!Int8Ptr) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001576 Int8Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(
1577 Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy(PointerTy->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1578 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001579 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1580 }
1581
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001582 OffsetPtr = Int8PtrOffset == 0
1583 ? Int8Ptr
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001584 : IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(IRB.getInt8Ty(), Int8Ptr,
1585 IRB.getInt(Int8PtrOffset),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001586 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001587 }
1588 Ptr = OffsetPtr;
1589
1590 // On the off chance we were targeting i8*, guard the bitcast here.
1591 if (Ptr->getType() != PointerTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001592 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerTy, NamePrefix + "sroa_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001593
1594 return Ptr;
1595}
1596
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001597/// \brief Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset.
1598static unsigned getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
1599 const DataLayout &DL) {
1600 unsigned Alignment;
1601 Type *Ty;
1602 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
1603 Alignment = LI->getAlignment();
1604 Ty = LI->getType();
1605 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
1606 Alignment = SI->getAlignment();
1607 Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1608 } else {
1609 llvm_unreachable("Only loads and stores are allowed!");
1610 }
1611
1612 if (!Alignment)
1613 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
1614
1615 return MinAlign(Alignment, Offset);
1616}
1617
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001618/// \brief Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type.
1619///
1620/// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to
1621/// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we
1622/// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an
1623/// underlying value, and convert that value.
1624static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) {
1625 if (OldTy == NewTy)
1626 return true;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001627
1628 // For integer types, we can't handle any bit-width differences. This would
1629 // break both vector conversions with extension and introduce endianness
1630 // issues when in conjunction with loads and stores.
1631 if (isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) {
1632 assert(cast<IntegerType>(OldTy)->getBitWidth() !=
1633 cast<IntegerType>(NewTy)->getBitWidth() &&
1634 "We can't have the same bitwidth for different int types");
1635 return false;
1636 }
1637
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001638 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewTy) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(OldTy))
1639 return false;
1640 if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType())
1641 return false;
1642
Benjamin Kramer56262592013-09-22 11:24:58 +00001643 // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001644 // of pointers and integers.
1645 OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType();
1646 NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType();
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001647 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
1648 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy())
1649 return true;
1650 if (NewTy->isIntegerTy() || OldTy->isIntegerTy())
1651 return true;
1652 return false;
1653 }
1654
1655 return true;
1656}
1657
1658/// \brief Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different
1659/// type.
1660///
1661/// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts,
1662/// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test
1663/// two types for viability with this routine.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001664static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001665 Type *NewTy) {
1666 Type *OldTy = V->getType();
1667 assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type");
1668
1669 if (OldTy == NewTy)
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001670 return V;
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001671
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001672 assert(!(isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) &&
1673 "Integer types must be the exact same to convert.");
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001674
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001675 // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1676 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1677 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1678 NewTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) {
1679 // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8*
1680 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1681 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1682 NewTy);
1683
1684 // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*>
1685 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1686 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1687 NewTy);
1688
1689 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V, NewTy);
1690 }
1691
1692 // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1693 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1694 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() &&
1695 NewTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy()) {
1696 // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128
1697 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1698 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1699 NewTy);
1700
1701 // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32>
1702 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1703 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1704 NewTy);
1705
1706 return IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, NewTy);
1707 }
1708
1709 return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, NewTy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001710}
1711
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001712/// \brief Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001713///
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001714/// This function is called to test each entry in a partition which is slated
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001715/// for a single slice.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001716static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(Partition &P, const Slice &S,
1717 VectorType *Ty,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001718 uint64_t ElementSize,
1719 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001720 // First validate the slice offsets.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001721 uint64_t BeginOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001722 std::max(S.beginOffset(), P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001723 uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize;
1724 if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset ||
1725 BeginIndex >= Ty->getNumElements())
1726 return false;
1727 uint64_t EndOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001728 std::min(S.endOffset(), P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001729 uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize;
1730 if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || EndIndex > Ty->getNumElements())
1731 return false;
1732
1733 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
1734 uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001735 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
1736 ? Ty->getElementType()
1737 : VectorType::get(Ty->getElementType(), NumElements);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001738
1739 Type *SplitIntTy =
1740 Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), NumElements * ElementSize * 8);
1741
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001742 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001743
1744 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1745 if (MI->isVolatile())
1746 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001747 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001748 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001749 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1750 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1751 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1752 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001753 } else if (U->get()->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isStructTy()) {
1754 // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA.
1755 return false;
1756 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1757 if (LI->isVolatile())
1758 return false;
1759 Type *LTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001760 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001761 assert(LTy->isIntegerTy());
1762 LTy = SplitIntTy;
1763 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001764 if (!canConvertValue(DL, SliceTy, LTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001765 return false;
1766 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1767 if (SI->isVolatile())
1768 return false;
1769 Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001770 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001771 assert(STy->isIntegerTy());
1772 STy = SplitIntTy;
1773 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001774 if (!canConvertValue(DL, STy, SliceTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001775 return false;
Chandler Carruth1ed848d2013-07-19 10:57:32 +00001776 } else {
1777 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001778 }
1779
1780 return true;
1781}
1782
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001783/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be
1784/// promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001785///
1786/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca
1787/// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only
1788/// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector
1789/// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we
1790/// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will
1791/// be promotable, so we have an early test here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001792static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(Partition &P, const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001793 // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether
1794 // we have different element types.
1795 SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys;
1796 Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr;
1797 bool HaveCommonEltTy = true;
1798 auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) {
1799 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1800 CandidateTys.push_back(VTy);
1801 if (!CommonEltTy)
1802 CommonEltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1803 else if (CommonEltTy != VTy->getElementType())
1804 HaveCommonEltTy = false;
1805 }
1806 };
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001807 // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001808 for (const Slice &S : P)
1809 if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() &&
1810 S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001811 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1812 CheckCandidateType(LI->getType());
1813 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1814 CheckCandidateType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType());
1815 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001816
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001817 // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here.
1818 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1819 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001820
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001821 // Remove non-integer vector types if we had multiple common element types.
1822 // FIXME: It'd be nice to replace them with integer vector types, but we can't
1823 // do that until all the backends are known to produce good code for all
1824 // integer vector types.
1825 if (!HaveCommonEltTy) {
1826 CandidateTys.erase(std::remove_if(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(),
1827 [](VectorType *VTy) {
1828 return !VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy();
1829 }),
1830 CandidateTys.end());
1831
1832 // If there were no integer vector types, give up.
1833 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1834 return nullptr;
1835
1836 // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know
1837 // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements.
1838 auto RankVectorTypes = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) {
1839 assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy) == DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy) &&
1840 "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!");
1841 assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1842 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1843 assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1844 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1845 return RHSTy->getNumElements() < LHSTy->getNumElements();
1846 };
1847 std::sort(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes);
1848 CandidateTys.erase(
1849 std::unique(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes),
1850 CandidateTys.end());
1851 } else {
1852// The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to
1853// have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one.
1854#ifndef NDEBUG
1855 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) {
1856 assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy &&
1857 "Unaccounted for element type!");
1858 assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] &&
1859 "Different vector types with the same element type!");
1860 }
1861#endif
1862 CandidateTys.resize(1);
1863 }
1864
1865 // Try each vector type, and return the one which works.
1866 auto CheckVectorTypeForPromotion = [&](VectorType *VTy) {
1867 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getElementType());
1868
1869 // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes
1870 // that aren't byte sized.
1871 if (ElementSize % 8)
1872 return false;
1873 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy) % 8) == 0 &&
1874 "vector size not a multiple of element size?");
1875 ElementSize /= 8;
1876
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001877 for (const Slice &S : P)
1878 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001879 return false;
1880
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00001881 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001882 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, *S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001883 return false;
1884
1885 return true;
1886 };
1887 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys)
1888 if (CheckVectorTypeForPromotion(VTy))
1889 return VTy;
1890
1891 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001892}
1893
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001894/// \brief Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001895///
1896/// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001897/// test below on a single slice of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001898static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001899 uint64_t AllocBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001900 Type *AllocaTy,
1901 const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001902 bool &WholeAllocaOp) {
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001903 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy);
1904
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001905 uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
1906 uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001907
1908 // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001909 // the end of the alloca's type and into its padding.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001910 if (RelEnd > Size)
1911 return false;
1912
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001913 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001914
1915 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1916 if (LI->isVolatile())
1917 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001918 // We can't handle loads that extend past the allocated memory.
1919 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()) > Size)
1920 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001921 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
1922 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
1923 // vector widening instead.
1924 if (!isa<VectorType>(LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001925 WholeAllocaOp = true;
1926 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001927 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001928 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001929 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001930 !canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001931 // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that
1932 // they are promotable.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001933 return false;
1934 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001935 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1936 Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1937 if (SI->isVolatile())
1938 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001939 // We can't handle stores that extend past the allocated memory.
1940 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValueTy) > Size)
1941 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001942 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
1943 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
1944 // vector widening instead.
1945 if (!isa<VectorType>(ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001946 WholeAllocaOp = true;
1947 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(ValueTy)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001948 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001949 return false;
1950 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001951 !canConvertValue(DL, ValueTy, AllocaTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001952 // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that
1953 // they are promotable.
1954 return false;
1955 }
1956 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1957 if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(MI->getLength()))
1958 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001959 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001960 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
1961 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1962 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1963 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1964 return false;
1965 } else {
1966 return false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001967 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001968
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001969 return true;
1970}
1971
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001972/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be
1973/// widened to promotable ones.
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00001974///
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001975/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and
1976/// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to
1977/// promote the resulting alloca.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001978static bool isIntegerWideningViable(Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001979 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001980 uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AllocaTy);
Benjamin Kramer47534c72012-12-01 11:53:32 +00001981 // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth.
1982 if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS)
1983 return false;
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001984
1985 // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001986 if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00001987 return false;
1988
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00001989 // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can
1990 // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force
1991 // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one.
1992 Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(AllocaTy->getContext(), SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001993 if (!canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, IntTy) ||
1994 !canConvertValue(DL, IntTy, AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00001995 return false;
1996
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001997 // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or
1998 // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to
1999 // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable
Chandler Carruth5955c9e2013-07-19 07:12:23 +00002000 // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume
2001 // that we cover the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002002 // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the
2003 // partition here...
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002004 bool WholeAllocaOp =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002005 P.begin() != P.end() ? false : DL.isLegalInteger(SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002006
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002007 for (const Slice &S : P)
2008 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2009 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002010 return false;
2011
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002012 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002013 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(*S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2014 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002015 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002016
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002017 return WholeAllocaOp;
2018}
2019
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002020static Value *extractInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002021 IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
2022 const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002023 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002024 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2025 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2026 "Element extends past full value");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002027 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002028 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002029 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002030 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002031 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002032 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2033 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002034 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2035 "Cannot extract to a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002036 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002037 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, Ty, Name + ".trunc");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002038 DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n");
2039 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002040 return V;
2041}
2042
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002043static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002044 Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) {
2045 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Old->getType());
2046 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2047 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2048 "Cannot insert a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002049 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
2050 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002051 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, IntTy, Name + ".ext");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002052 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n");
2053 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002054 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2055 "Element store outside of alloca store");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002056 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002057 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002058 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002059 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002060 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002061 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2062 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002063
2064 if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
2065 APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(ShAmt);
2066 Old = IRB.CreateAnd(Old, Mask, Name + ".mask");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002067 DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002068 V = IRB.CreateOr(Old, V, Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002069 DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002070 }
2071 return V;
2072}
2073
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002074static Value *extractVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex,
2075 unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002076 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2077 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2078 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2079
2080 if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements())
2081 return V;
2082
2083 if (NumElements == 1) {
2084 V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2085 Name + ".extract");
2086 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n");
2087 return V;
2088 }
2089
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002090 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002091 Mask.reserve(NumElements);
2092 for (unsigned i = BeginIndex; i != EndIndex; ++i)
2093 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i));
2094 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002095 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".extract");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002096 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
2097 return V;
2098}
2099
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002100static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V,
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002101 unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) {
2102 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Old->getType());
2103 assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector");
2104
2105 VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2106 if (!Ty) {
2107 // Single element to insert.
2108 V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Old, V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2109 Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002110 DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002111 return V;
2112 }
2113
2114 assert(Ty->getNumElements() <= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2115 "Too many elements!");
2116 if (Ty->getNumElements() == VecTy->getNumElements()) {
2117 assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch");
2118 return V;
2119 }
2120 unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + Ty->getNumElements();
2121
2122 // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first
2123 // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then
2124 // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the
2125 // incoming vector.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002126 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002127 Mask.reserve(VecTy->getNumElements());
2128 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
2129 if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)
2130 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i - BeginIndex));
2131 else
2132 Mask.push_back(UndefValue::get(IRB.getInt32Ty()));
2133 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002134 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".expand");
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002135 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002136
2137 Mask.clear();
2138 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002139 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt1(i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex));
2140
2141 V = IRB.CreateSelect(ConstantVector::get(Mask), V, Old, Name + "blend");
2142
2143 DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002144 return V;
2145}
2146
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002147/// \brief Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca
2148/// to use a new alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002149///
2150/// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition
2151/// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic
2152/// lives here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00002153class llvm::sroa::AllocaSliceRewriter
2154 : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002155 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002156 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
2157 typedef llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> Base;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002158
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002159 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002160 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002161 SROA &Pass;
2162 AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI;
2163 const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002164 Type *NewAllocaTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002165
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002166 // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new
2167 // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to
2168 // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired
2169 // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting.
2170 IntegerType *IntTy;
2171
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002172 // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure
2173 // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002174 // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca:
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002175 // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here.
2176 // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single
2177 // element.
2178 // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above
2179 // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds
2180 // which are promotable via mem2reg.
2181 VectorType *VecTy;
2182 Type *ElementTy;
2183 uint64_t ElementSize;
2184
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002185 // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to
2186 // the original alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002187 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002188 // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the
2189 // original alloca.
2190 uint64_t NewBeginOffset, NewEndOffset;
2191
2192 uint64_t SliceSize;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002193 bool IsSplittable;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002194 bool IsSplit;
Chandler Carruth54e8f0b2012-10-01 01:49:22 +00002195 Use *OldUse;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002196 Instruction *OldPtr;
2197
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002198 // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects.
2199 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers;
2200 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002201
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002202 // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and
2203 // the insertion point is set to point to the user.
2204 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002205
2206public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002207 AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002208 AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI,
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002209 uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002210 uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable,
2211 VectorType *PromotableVecTy,
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002212 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers,
2213 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002214 : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI),
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002215 NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset),
2216 NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002217 NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002218 IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable
2219 ? Type::getIntNTy(
2220 NewAI.getContext(),
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002221 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002222 : nullptr),
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002223 VecTy(PromotableVecTy),
2224 ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr),
2225 ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002226 BeginOffset(), EndOffset(), IsSplittable(), IsSplit(), OldUse(),
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002227 OldPtr(), PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers),
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002228 IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002229 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002230 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) % 8) == 0 &&
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002231 "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable");
2232 ++NumVectorized;
2233 }
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002234 assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002235 }
2236
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002237 bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002238 bool CanSROA = true;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002239 BeginOffset = I->beginOffset();
2240 EndOffset = I->endOffset();
2241 IsSplittable = I->isSplittable();
2242 IsSplit =
2243 BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002244 DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : ""));
2245 DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, ""));
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00002246 DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002247
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002248 // Compute the intersecting offset range.
2249 assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset);
2250 assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2251 NewBeginOffset = std::max(BeginOffset, NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2252 NewEndOffset = std::min(EndOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset);
2253
2254 SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2255
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002256 OldUse = I->getUse();
2257 OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->get());
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002258
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002259 Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser());
2260 IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI);
2261 IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc());
2262 IRB.SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + Twine(BeginOffset) + ".");
2263
2264 CanSROA &= visit(cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser()));
2265 if (VecTy || IntTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002266 assert(CanSROA);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002267 return CanSROA;
2268 }
2269
2270private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002271 // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible.
2272 using Base::visit;
2273
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002274 // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule.
2275 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) {
2276 DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n");
2277 llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!");
2278 }
2279
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002280 Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) {
2281 // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset
2282 // interchangeably for unsplit slices.
2283 assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset);
2284 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2285
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002286#ifndef NDEBUG
2287 StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName();
2288 // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name.
2289 size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(".sroa.");
2290 if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) {
2291 OldName = OldName.substr(LastSROAPrefix + strlen(".sroa."));
2292 // Look for an SROA slice index.
2293 size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2294 if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') {
2295 // Strip the index and look for the offset.
2296 OldName = OldName.substr(IndexEnd + 1);
2297 size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2298 if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.')
2299 // Strip the offset.
2300 OldName = OldName.substr(OffsetEnd + 1);
2301 }
2302 }
2303 // Strip any SROA suffixes as well.
2304 OldName = OldName.substr(0, OldName.find(".sroa_"));
2305#endif
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002306
2307 return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, &NewAI,
2308 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), Offset), PointerTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002309#ifndef NDEBUG
2310 Twine(OldName) + "."
2311#else
2312 Twine()
2313#endif
2314 );
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002315 }
2316
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002317 /// \brief Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new*
2318 /// alloca.
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002319 ///
2320 /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI
2321 /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002322 unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002323 unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment();
2324 if (!NewAIAlign)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002325 NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002326 unsigned Align =
2327 MinAlign(NewAIAlign, NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002328 return (Ty && Align == DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty)) ? 0 : Align;
Chandler Carruth4b2b38d2012-10-03 08:14:02 +00002329 }
2330
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002331 unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002332 assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector");
2333 uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2334 assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds");
2335 uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize;
2336 assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002337 return Index;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002338 }
2339
2340 void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) {
2341 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
2342 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002343 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002344 }
2345
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002346 Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst() {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002347 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2348 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002349 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002350
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002351 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002352 return extractVector(IRB, V, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002353 }
2354
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002355 Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002356 assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002357 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002358 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002359 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002360 assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2361 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth4b682f62015-08-28 09:03:52 +00002362 if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset) {
2363 IntegerType *ExtractTy = Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
2364 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, ExtractTy, Offset, "extract");
2365 }
2366 // It is possible that the extracted type is not the load type. This
2367 // happens if there is a load past the end of the alloca, and as
2368 // a consequence the slice is narrower but still a candidate for integer
2369 // lowering. To handle this case, we just zero extend the extracted
2370 // integer.
2371 assert(cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() >= SliceSize * 8 &&
2372 "Can only handle an extract for an overly wide load");
2373 if (cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() > SliceSize * 8)
2374 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, LI.getType());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002375 return V;
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002376 }
2377
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002378 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
2379 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
2380 Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(0);
2381 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002382
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002383 Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8)
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002384 : LI.getType();
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002385 const bool IsLoadPastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(TargetTy) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002386 bool IsPtrAdjusted = false;
2387 Value *V;
2388 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002389 V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002390 } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002391 V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002392 } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002393 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
2394 (canConvertValue(DL, NewAllocaTy, TargetTy) ||
2395 (IsLoadPastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2396 TargetTy->isIntegerTy()))) {
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002397 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2398 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2399 if (LI.isVolatile())
2400 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002401 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002402
2403 // If this is an integer load past the end of the slice (which means the
2404 // bytes outside the slice are undef or this load is dead) just forcibly
2405 // fix the integer size with correct handling of endianness.
2406 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2407 if (auto *TITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(TargetTy))
2408 if (AITy->getBitWidth() < TITy->getBitWidth()) {
2409 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, TITy, "load.ext");
2410 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2411 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, TITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2412 "endian_shift");
2413 }
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002414 } else {
2415 Type *LTy = TargetTy->getPointerTo();
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002416 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, LTy),
2417 getSliceAlign(TargetTy),
2418 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2419 if (LI.isVolatile())
2420 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
2421
2422 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002423 IsPtrAdjusted = true;
2424 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002425 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, TargetTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002426
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002427 if (IsSplit) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002428 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
2429 assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2430 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002431 assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002432 "Split load isn't smaller than original load");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002433 assert(LI.getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002434 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002435 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002436 // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00002437 IRB.SetInsertPoint(&*std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(&LI)));
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002438 // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the
2439 // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with
2440 // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving
2441 // LI only used for this computation.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002442 Value *Placeholder =
2443 new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()->getPointerTo()));
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002444 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Placeholder, V, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2445 "insert");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002446 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2447 Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(&LI);
Jakub Staszak4e45abf2012-11-01 01:10:43 +00002448 delete Placeholder;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002449 } else {
2450 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002451 }
2452
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002453 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&LI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002454 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002455 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n");
2456 return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002457 }
2458
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002459 bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp) {
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002460 if (V->getType() != VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002461 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2462 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002463 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2464 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2465 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002466 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
2467 ? ElementTy
2468 : VectorType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002469 if (V->getType() != SliceTy)
2470 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, SliceTy);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002471
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002472 // Mix in the existing elements.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002473 Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002474 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, "vec");
2475 }
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002476 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002477 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002478
2479 (void)Store;
2480 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2481 return true;
2482 }
2483
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002484 bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002485 assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002486 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002487 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) != IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002488 Value *Old =
2489 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002490 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002491 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2492 uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002493 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002494 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002495 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002496 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002497 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002498 (void)Store;
2499 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2500 return true;
2501 }
2502
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002503 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
2504 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
2505 Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(1);
2506 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002507
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002508 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002509
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002510 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2511 // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002512 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
2513 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V->stripInBoundsOffsets()))
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002514 Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(AI);
2515
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002516 if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002517 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
2518 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2519 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
2520 assert(V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002521 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(V->getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002522 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002523 IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002524 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, NarrowTy, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2525 "extract");
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002526 }
2527
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002528 if (VecTy)
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002529 return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002530 if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy())
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002531 return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI);
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002532
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002533 const bool IsStorePastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType()) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002534 StoreInst *NewSI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002535 if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2536 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002537 (canConvertValue(DL, V->getType(), NewAllocaTy) ||
2538 (IsStorePastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2539 V->getType()->isIntegerTy()))) {
2540 // If this is an integer store past the end of slice (and thus the bytes
2541 // past that point are irrelevant or this is unreachable), truncate the
2542 // value prior to storing.
2543 if (auto *VITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType()))
2544 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2545 if (VITy->getBitWidth() > AITy->getBitWidth()) {
2546 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2547 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, VITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2548 "endian_shift");
2549 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, AITy, "load.trunc");
2550 }
2551
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002552 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002553 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2554 SI.isVolatile());
2555 } else {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002556 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, V->getType()->getPointerTo());
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002557 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, NewPtr, getSliceAlign(V->getType()),
2558 SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002559 }
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002560 if (SI.isVolatile())
2561 NewSI->setAtomic(SI.getOrdering(), SI.getSynchScope());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002562 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002563 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002564
2565 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n");
2566 return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && !SI.isVolatile();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002567 }
2568
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002569 /// \brief Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given
2570 /// number of bytes.
2571 ///
2572 /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't
2573 /// call this routine.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002574 /// FIXME: Heed the advice above.
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002575 ///
2576 /// \param V The i8 value to splat.
2577 /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002578 Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) {
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002579 assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes.");
2580 IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2581 assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte");
2582 if (Size == 1)
2583 return V;
2584
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002585 Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(VTy->getContext(), Size * 8);
2586 V = IRB.CreateMul(
2587 IRB.CreateZExt(V, SplatIntTy, "zext"),
2588 ConstantExpr::getUDiv(
2589 Constant::getAllOnesValue(SplatIntTy),
2590 ConstantExpr::getZExt(Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType()),
2591 SplatIntTy)),
2592 "isplat");
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002593 return V;
2594 }
2595
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002596 /// \brief Compute a vector splat for a given element value.
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002597 Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) {
2598 V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, V, "vsplat");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002599 DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n");
2600 return V;
2601 }
2602
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002603 bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
2604 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002605 assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr);
2606
2607 // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the
2608 // pointer to the new alloca.
2609 if (!isa<Constant>(II.getLength())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002610 assert(!IsSplit);
Chandler Carruth735d5be2014-02-26 04:45:24 +00002611 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002612 II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()));
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002613 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
2614 II.setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(CstTy, getSliceAlign()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002615
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002616 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
2617 return false;
2618 }
2619
2620 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002621 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002622
2623 Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType();
2624 Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType();
2625
2626 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2627 // a single value type, just emit a memset.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002628 if (!VecTy && !IntTy &&
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002629 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002630 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy) ||
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002631 !AllocaTy->isSingleValueType() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002632 !DL.isLegalInteger(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) ||
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002633 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) % 8 != 0)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002634 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002635 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
2636 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemSet(
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002637 getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()), II.getValue(), Size,
2638 getSliceAlign(), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002639 (void)New;
2640 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2641 return false;
2642 }
2643
2644 // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual
2645 // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to
2646 // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002647 // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across
2648 // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type.
Benjamin Kramerc003a452013-01-01 16:13:35 +00002649 Value *V;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002650
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002651 if (VecTy) {
2652 // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it.
2653 assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002654
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002655 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2656 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002657 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2658 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2659 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2660
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002661 Value *Splat =
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002662 getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8);
2663 Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, Splat, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruthcacda252012-12-17 14:03:01 +00002664 if (NumElements > 1)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002665 Splat = getVectorSplat(Splat, NumElements);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002666
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002667 Value *Old =
2668 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002669 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, Splat, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002670 } else if (IntTy) {
2671 // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the
2672 // set integer.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002673 assert(!II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002674
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002675 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002676 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), Size);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002677
2678 if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
2679 EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002680 Value *Old =
2681 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002682 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002683 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002684 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002685 } else {
2686 assert(V->getType() == IntTy &&
2687 "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!");
2688 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002689 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002690 } else {
2691 // Established these invariants above.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002692 assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2693 assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002694
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002695 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) / 8);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002696 if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002697 V = getVectorSplat(V, AllocaVecTy->getNumElements());
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002698
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002699 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002700 }
2701
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002702 Value *New = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002703 II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002704 (void)New;
2705 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2706 return !II.isVolatile();
2707 }
2708
2709 bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
2710 // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break
2711 // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics.
2712
2713 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002714
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002715 bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse;
Alexey Samsonov26af6f72014-02-25 07:56:00 +00002716 assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) ||
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002717 (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002718
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002719 unsigned SliceAlign = getSliceAlign();
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002720
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002721 // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination
2722 // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of
2723 // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers
2724 // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have
2725 // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of
2726 // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to
2727 // update both source and dest of a single call.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002728 if (!IsSplittable) {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002729 Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002730 if (IsDest)
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002731 II.setDest(AdjustedPtr);
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002732 else
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002733 II.setSource(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002734
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002735 if (II.getAlignment() > SliceAlign) {
2736 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
2737 II.setAlignment(
2738 ConstantInt::get(CstTy, MinAlign(II.getAlignment(), SliceAlign)));
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002739 }
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002740
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002741 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002742 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002743 return false;
2744 }
2745 // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance:
2746 // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at
2747 // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace
2748 // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of
2749 // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations.
2750
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002751 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2752 // a single value type, just emit a memcpy.
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002753 bool EmitMemCpy =
2754 !VecTy && !IntTy &&
2755 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
2756 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(NewAI.getAllocatedType()) ||
2757 !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002758
2759 // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the
2760 // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is
2761 // a no-op.
2762 if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002763 // Ensure the start lines up.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002764 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002765
2766 // Rewrite the size as needed.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002767 if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002768 II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(II.getLength()->getType(),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002769 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002770 return false;
2771 }
2772 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002773 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002774
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002775 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2776 // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002777 Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002778 if (AllocaInst *AI =
2779 dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002780 assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI &&
2781 "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends.");
Chandler Carruth4bd8f662012-09-26 07:41:40 +00002782 Pass.Worklist.insert(AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002783 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002784
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002785 Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType();
2786 unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace();
2787
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002788 // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002789 unsigned IntPtrWidth = DL.getPointerSizeInBits(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002790 APInt OtherOffset(IntPtrWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset);
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002791 unsigned OtherAlign = MinAlign(II.getAlignment() ? II.getAlignment() : 1,
2792 OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue());
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002793
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002794 if (EmitMemCpy) {
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002795 // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce
2796 // a single, simple GEP in most cases.
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002797 OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002798 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002799
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002800 Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002801 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002802 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002803
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002804 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(
2805 IsDest ? OurPtr : OtherPtr, IsDest ? OtherPtr : OurPtr, Size,
2806 MinAlign(SliceAlign, OtherAlign), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002807 (void)New;
2808 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2809 return false;
2810 }
2811
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002812 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2813 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
2814 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2815 unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewBeginOffset) : 0;
2816 unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002817 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002818 IntegerType *SubIntTy =
2819 IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size * 8) : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002820
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002821 // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to
2822 // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002823 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
2824 if (NumElements == 1)
2825 OtherPtrTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2826 else
2827 OtherPtrTy = VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), NumElements);
2828
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002829 OtherPtrTy = OtherPtrTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002830 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002831 OtherPtrTy = SubIntTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
2832 } else {
2833 OtherPtrTy = NewAllocaTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002834 }
2835
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002836 Value *SrcPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002837 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002838 unsigned SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002839 Value *DstPtr = &NewAI;
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002840 unsigned DstAlign = SliceAlign;
2841 if (!IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002842 std::swap(SrcPtr, DstPtr);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002843 std::swap(SrcAlign, DstAlign);
2844 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002845
2846 Value *Src;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002847 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002848 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002849 Src = extractVector(IRB, Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00002850 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002851 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002852 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002853 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002854 Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, Src, SubIntTy, Offset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002855 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002856 Src =
2857 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(SrcPtr, SrcAlign, II.isVolatile(), "copyload");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002858 }
2859
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002860 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002861 Value *Old =
2862 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002863 Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, Src, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002864 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002865 Value *Old =
2866 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002867 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002868 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002869 Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, Src, Offset, "insert");
2870 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00002871 }
2872
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002873 StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>(
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002874 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Src, DstPtr, DstAlign, II.isVolatile()));
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002875 (void)Store;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002876 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2877 return !II.isVolatile();
2878 }
2879
2880 bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
2881 assert(II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
2882 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
2883 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002884 assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr);
2885
2886 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002887 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002888
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002889 ConstantInt *Size =
2890 ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(II.getArgOperand(0)->getType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002891 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002892 Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002893 Value *New;
2894 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start)
2895 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size);
2896 else
2897 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size);
2898
Edwin Vane82f80d42013-01-29 17:42:24 +00002899 (void)New;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002900 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2901 return true;
2902 }
2903
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002904 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
2905 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002906 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
2907 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002908
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002909 // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be
2910 // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of
2911 // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to
2912 // dominate the PHI.
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00002913 IRBuilderTy PtrBuilder(IRB);
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00002914 if (isa<PHINode>(OldPtr))
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00002915 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(&*OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00002916 else
2917 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00002918 PtrBuilder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002919
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002920 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(PtrBuilder, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002921 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
Benjamin Kramer7ddd7052012-10-20 12:04:57 +00002922 std::replace(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), cast<Value>(OldPtr), NewPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002923
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002924 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n");
2925 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002926
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002927 // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
2928 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
2929 // fully-rewritten alloca.
2930 PHIUsers.insert(&PN);
2931 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002932 }
2933
2934 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
2935 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00002936 assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) &&
2937 "Pointer isn't an operand!");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002938 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
2939 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002940
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002941 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00002942 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
2943 if (SI.getOperand(1) == OldPtr)
2944 SI.setOperand(1, NewPtr);
2945 if (SI.getOperand(2) == OldPtr)
2946 SI.setOperand(2, NewPtr);
2947
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002948 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002949 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002950
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002951 // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
2952 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
2953 // fully-rewritten alloca.
2954 SelectUsers.insert(&SI);
2955 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002956 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002957};
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002958
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002959namespace {
2960/// \brief Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar.
2961///
2962/// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on
2963/// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify)
2964/// with scalar loads and stores.
2965class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> {
2966 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
2967 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>;
2968
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002969 /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite.
2970 SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue;
2971
2972 /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops.
2973 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
2974
2975 /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used
2976 /// value (as opposed to the user).
2977 Use *U;
2978
2979public:
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002980 /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from
2981 /// it.
2982 bool rewrite(Instruction &I) {
2983 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n");
2984 enqueueUsers(I);
2985 bool Changed = false;
2986 while (!Queue.empty()) {
2987 U = Queue.pop_back_val();
2988 Changed |= visit(cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()));
2989 }
2990 return Changed;
2991 }
2992
2993private:
2994 /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing.
2995 /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users.
2996 void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002997 for (Use &U : I.uses())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00002998 if (Visited.insert(U.getUser()).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002999 Queue.push_back(&U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003000 }
3001
3002 // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything.
3003 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; }
3004
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003005 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission class.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003006 template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003007 protected:
3008 /// The builder used to form new instructions.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00003009 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003010 /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the
3011 /// appropriate value within the aggregate.
3012 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
3013 /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot
3014 /// within the aggregate.
3015 SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices;
3016 /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the
3017 /// split operations.
3018 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003019
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003020 /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a
3021 /// single zero GEP index.
3022 OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003023 : IRB(InsertionPoint), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(0)), Ptr(Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003024
3025 public:
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003026 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission routine.
3027 ///
3028 /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into
3029 /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value
3030 /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument.
3031 ///
3032 /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and
3033 /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely
3034 /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values).
3035 ///
3036 /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops.
3037 /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on
3038 /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively.
3039 void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
3040 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003041 return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc(Ty, Agg, Name);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003042
3043 if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3044 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3045 (void)OldSize;
3046 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3047 ++Idx) {
3048 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3049 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3050 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3051 emitSplitOps(ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3052 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3053 Indices.pop_back();
3054 }
3055 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003056 }
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003057
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003058 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3059 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3060 (void)OldSize;
3061 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3062 ++Idx) {
3063 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3064 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3065 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3066 emitSplitOps(STy->getElementType(Idx), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3067 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3068 Indices.pop_back();
3069 }
3070 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003071 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003072
3073 llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003074 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003075 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003076
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003077 struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003078 LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003079 : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003080
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003081 /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3082 /// recursive emission to actually load values.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003083 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003084 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3085 // Load the single value and insert it using the indices.
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003086 Value *GEP =
3087 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +00003088 Value *Load = IRB.CreateLoad(GEP, Name + ".load");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003089 Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Load, Indices, Name + ".insert");
3090 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n");
3091 }
3092 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003093
3094 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
3095 assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U);
3096 if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType())
3097 return false;
3098
3099 // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart.
3100 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003101 LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003102 Value *V = UndefValue::get(LI.getType());
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003103 Splitter.emitSplitOps(LI.getType(), V, LI.getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003104 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
3105 LI.eraseFromParent();
3106 return true;
3107 }
3108
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003109 struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003110 StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003111 : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003112
3113 /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3114 /// recursive emission to actually produce stores.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003115 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003116 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3117 // Extract the single value and store it using the indices.
3118 Value *Store = IRB.CreateStore(
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003119 IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Indices, Name + ".extract"),
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003120 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep"));
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003121 (void)Store;
3122 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3123 }
3124 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003125
3126 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
3127 if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U)
3128 return false;
3129 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
3130 if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType())
3131 return false;
3132
3133 // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart.
3134 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003135 StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U);
3136 Splitter.emitSplitOps(V->getType(), V, V->getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003137 SI.eraseFromParent();
3138 return true;
3139 }
3140
3141 bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
3142 enqueueUsers(BC);
3143 return false;
3144 }
3145
3146 bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
3147 enqueueUsers(GEPI);
3148 return false;
3149 }
3150
3151 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3152 enqueueUsers(PN);
3153 return false;
3154 }
3155
3156 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3157 enqueueUsers(SI);
3158 return false;
3159 }
3160};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +00003161}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003162
Chandler Carruthba931992012-10-13 10:49:33 +00003163/// \brief Strip aggregate type wrapping.
3164///
3165/// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will
3166/// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type
3167/// size or the allocated size.
3168static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) {
3169 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
3170 return Ty;
3171
3172 uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
3173 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3174
3175 Type *InnerTy;
3176 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3177 InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
3178 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3179 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
3180 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(0);
3181 InnerTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
3182 } else {
3183 return Ty;
3184 }
3185
3186 if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(InnerTy) ||
3187 TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(InnerTy))
3188 return Ty;
3189
3190 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, InnerTy);
3191}
3192
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003193/// \brief Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given
3194/// offset and size.
3195///
3196/// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype
3197/// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003198/// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section,
3199/// and the same for structs.
3200///
3201/// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the
3202/// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving
3203/// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off.
3204/// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not
3205/// return a type if necessary.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003206static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
3207 uint64_t Size) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003208 if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) == Size)
3209 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty);
3210 if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) ||
3211 (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003212 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003213
3214 if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) {
3215 // We can't partition pointers...
3216 if (SeqTy->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003217 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003218
3219 Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003220 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003221 uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003222 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003223 if (NumSkippedElements >= ArrTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003224 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003225 } else if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003226 if (NumSkippedElements >= VecTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003227 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003228 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003229 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
3230
3231 // First check if we need to recurse.
3232 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3233 // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element.
3234 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003235 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003236 // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003237 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003238 }
3239 assert(Offset == 0);
3240
3241 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003242 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003243 assert(Size > ElementSize);
3244 uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize;
3245 if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003246 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003247 return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
3248 }
3249
3250 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
3251 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003252 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003253
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003254 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003255 if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003256 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003257 uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size;
3258 if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003259 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003260
3261 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003262 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index);
3263
3264 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003265 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003266 if (Offset >= ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003267 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003268
3269 // See if any partition must be contained by the element.
3270 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3271 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003272 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003273 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003274 }
3275 assert(Offset == 0);
3276
3277 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003278 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003279
3280 StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index,
3281 EE = STy->element_end();
3282 if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
3283 unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset);
3284 if (Index == EndIndex)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003285 return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding.
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003286
3287 // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the
3288 // expected size.
3289 // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the
3290 // sub-struct to find a natural end point.
3291 if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003292 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003293
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003294 assert(Index < EndIndex);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003295 EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex;
3296 }
3297
3298 // Try to build up a sub-structure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003299 StructType *SubTy =
3300 StructType::get(STy->getContext(), makeArrayRef(EI, EE), STy->isPacked());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003301 const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003302 if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003303 return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003304
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003305 return SubTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003306}
3307
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003308/// \brief Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting.
3309///
3310/// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as
3311/// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we
3312/// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the
3313/// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores
3314/// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like
3315/// the following:
3316///
3317/// %a = alloca [12 x i8]
3318/// %gep1 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 0
3319/// %gep2 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 4
3320/// %gep3 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 8
3321/// %iptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to i64*
3322/// %iptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to i64*
3323/// %fptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to float*
3324/// %fptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to float*
3325/// %fptr3 = bitcast i8* %gep3 to float*
3326/// store float 0.0, float* %fptr1
3327/// store float 1.0, float* %fptr2
3328/// %v = load i64* %iptr1
3329/// store i64 %v, i64* %iptr2
3330/// %f1 = load float* %fptr2
3331/// %f2 = load float* %fptr3
3332///
3333/// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and
3334/// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been
3335/// there all along.
3336///
3337/// \returns true if any changes are made.
3338bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3339 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n");
3340
3341 // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in
3342 // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable
3343 // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we
3344 // actually split.
3345 SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads;
3346 SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores;
3347
3348 // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we
3349 // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads
3350 // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill
3351 // all the slices that end up split.
3352 struct SplitOffsets {
3353 Slice *S;
3354 std::vector<uint64_t> Splits;
3355 };
3356 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap;
3357
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003358 // Track loads out of this alloca which cannot, for any reason, be pre-split.
3359 // This is important as we also cannot pre-split stores of those loads!
3360 // FIXME: This is all pretty gross. It means that we can be more aggressive
3361 // in pre-splitting when the load feeding the store happens to come from
3362 // a separate alloca. Put another way, the effectiveness of SROA would be
3363 // decreased by a frontend which just concatenated all of its local allocas
3364 // into one big flat alloca. But defeating such patterns is exactly the job
3365 // SROA is tasked with! Sadly, to not have this discrepancy we would have
3366 // change store pre-splitting to actually force pre-splitting of the load
3367 // that feeds it *and all stores*. That makes pre-splitting much harder, but
3368 // maybe it would make it more principled?
3369 SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 8> UnsplittableLoads;
3370
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003371 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n");
3372 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
3373 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003374 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(S.getUse()->getUser());
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003375 if (!S.isSplittable() || S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset()) {
3376 // If this is a load we have to track that it can't participate in any
3377 // pre-splitting. If this is a store of a load we have to track that
3378 // that load also can't participate in any pre-splitting.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003379 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
3380 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003381 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
3382 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand()))
3383 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003384 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003385 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003386 assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() &&
3387 "Empty or backwards partition!");
3388
3389 // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003390 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3391 assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!");
3392
3393 // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for
3394 // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be
3395 // simple to avoid changing semantics.
3396 auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) {
3397 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3398 auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3399 if (!SI || !SI->isSimple())
3400 return false;
3401 }
3402 return true;
3403 };
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003404 if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI)) {
3405 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003406 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003407 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003408
3409 Loads.push_back(LI);
Chandler Carruthd94a5962016-03-10 14:16:18 +00003410 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
3411 if (S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(SI->getPointerOperandIndex()))
3412 // Skip stores *of* pointers. FIXME: This shouldn't even be possible!
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003413 continue;
3414 auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3415 if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple())
3416 continue;
3417 assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003418
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003419 Stores.push_back(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003420 } else {
3421 // Other uses cannot be pre-split.
3422 continue;
3423 }
3424
3425 // Record the initial split.
3426 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n");
3427 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I];
3428 assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3429 "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!");
3430 Offsets.S = &S;
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003431 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - S.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003432 }
3433
3434 // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which
3435 // we're going to pre-split.
3436 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
3437 auto SplitOffsetsMapI =
3438 SplitOffsetsMap.find(cast<Instruction>(S->getUse()->getUser()));
3439 if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3440 continue;
3441 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second;
3442
3443 assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!");
3444 assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3445 "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!");
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003446 assert(Offsets.Splits.back() ==
3447 P.beginOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003448 "Previous split does not end where this one begins!");
3449
3450 // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size
3451 // of the slice dictates that.
3452 if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset())
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003453 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003454 }
3455 }
3456
3457 // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For
3458 // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly
3459 // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to
3460 // any rewriting.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003461 Stores.erase(
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003462 std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003463 [&UnsplittableLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) {
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003464 // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split
3465 // offsets.
3466 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003467 // If it was completely unsplittable, then we're done,
3468 // and this store can't be pre-split.
3469 if (UnsplittableLoads.count(LI))
3470 return true;
3471
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003472 auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(LI);
3473 if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003474 return false; // Unrelated loads are definitely safe.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003475 auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003476
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003477 // Now lookup the store's offsets.
3478 auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003479
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003480 // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and
3481 // store match exactly, then we can split them and we
3482 // don't need to remove them here.
3483 if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits)
3484 return false;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003485
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003486 DEBUG(dbgs()
3487 << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n"
3488 << " " << *LI << "\n"
3489 << " " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003490
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003491 // We've found a store and load that we need to split
3492 // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them
3493 // and remove both instructions from our list of
3494 // candidates.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003495 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003496 return true;
3497 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003498 Stores.end());
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003499 // Now we have to go *back* through all the stores, because a later store may
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003500 // have caused an earlier store's load to become unsplittable and if it is
3501 // unsplittable for the later store, then we can't rely on it being split in
3502 // the earlier store either.
3503 Stores.erase(std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
3504 [&UnsplittableLoads](StoreInst *SI) {
3505 auto *LI =
3506 cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3507 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
3508 }),
3509 Stores.end());
3510 // Once we've established all the loads that can't be split for some reason,
3511 // filter any that made it into our list out.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003512 Loads.erase(std::remove_if(Loads.begin(), Loads.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003513 [&UnsplittableLoads](LoadInst *LI) {
3514 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003515 }),
3516 Loads.end());
3517
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003518
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003519 // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for
3520 // this alloca.
3521 if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty())
3522 return false;
3523
3524 // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up
3525 // an IR builder.
3526 IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI);
3527
3528 // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices.
3529 SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices;
3530
3531 // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate
3532 // on them.
3533 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas;
3534
3535 // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can
3536 // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the
3537 // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in
3538 // the value operand to one of the stores.
3539 //
3540 // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split
3541 // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append
3542 // them to the alloca slices.
3543 SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
3544 std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003545 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003546 for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
3547 SplitLoads.clear();
3548
3549 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3550 uint64_t LoadSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3551 assert(LoadSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer load!");
3552
3553 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI];
3554 assert(LoadSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3555 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3556 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3557 assert(BaseOffset + LoadSize > BaseOffset &&
3558 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3559
3560 Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(LI->getPointerOperand());
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003561 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003562
3563 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n");
3564
3565 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3566 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3567 for (;;) {
3568 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3569 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3570 LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003571 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, BasePtr,
3572 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003573 PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003574 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003575 LI->getName());
3576
3577 // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
3578 // to rewrite the stores.
3579 SplitLoads.push_back(PLoad);
3580
3581 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003582 NewSlices.push_back(
3583 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3584 &PLoad->getOperandUse(PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003585 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003586 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3587 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PLoad
3588 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003589
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003590 // See if we've handled all the splits.
3591 if (Idx >= Size)
3592 break;
3593
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003594 // Setup the next partition.
3595 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3596 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003597 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : LoadSize) - PartOffset;
3598 }
3599
3600 // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the
3601 // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use
3602 // below if the store is going to be split there anyways.
3603 bool DeferredStores = false;
3604 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3605 StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3606 if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(SI)) {
3607 DeferredStores = true;
3608 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI << "\n");
3609 continue;
3610 }
3611
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003612 Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003613 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003614
3615 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n");
3616
3617 for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) {
3618 LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx];
3619 uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1];
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003620 auto *PartPtrTy =
3621 PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003622
3623 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003624 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3625 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003626 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003627 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003628 (void)PStore;
3629 DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
3630 }
3631
3632 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3633 // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by
3634 // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer
3635 // promotable.
3636 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(StoreBasePtr)) {
3637 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3638 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3639 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3640 StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3641 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3642 }
3643
3644 // Mark the original store as dead.
3645 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3646 }
3647
3648 // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users.
3649 if (DeferredStores)
3650 SplitLoadsMap.insert(std::make_pair(LI, std::move(SplitLoads)));
3651
3652 // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice.
3653 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3654 Offsets.S->kill();
3655 }
3656
3657 // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that
3658 // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such
3659 // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of
3660 // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of
3661 // them.
3662 for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) {
3663 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3664 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3665 uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3666 assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!");
3667
3668 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
3669 assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3670 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3671 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3672 assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset &&
3673 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3674
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003675 Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003676 Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(SI->getPointerOperand());
3677
3678 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n");
3679
3680 // Check whether we have an already split load.
3681 auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(LI);
3682 std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr;
3683 if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) {
3684 SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second;
3685 assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 &&
3686 "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!");
3687 } else {
3688 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n");
3689 }
3690
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003691 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3692 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3693 for (;;) {
3694 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3695 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3696
3697 // Either lookup a split load or create one.
3698 LoadInst *PLoad;
3699 if (SplitLoads) {
3700 PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx];
3701 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003702 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003703 PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003704 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, LoadBasePtr,
3705 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003706 PartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003707 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003708 LI->getName());
3709 }
3710
3711 // And store this partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003712 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003713 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003714 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3715 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003716 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003717 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003718
3719 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
3720 NewSlices.push_back(
3721 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3722 &PStore->getOperandUse(PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003723 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003724 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3725 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PStore
3726 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003727 if (!SplitLoads) {
3728 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n");
3729 }
3730
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003731 // See if we've finished all the splits.
3732 if (Idx >= Size)
3733 break;
3734
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003735 // Setup the next partition.
3736 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3737 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003738 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset;
3739 }
3740
3741 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3742 // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and
3743 // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track
3744 // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be
3745 // promoted.
3746 if (!SplitLoads) {
3747 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(LoadBasePtr)) {
3748 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3749 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3750 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3751 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3752 LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3753 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3754 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3755 }
3756 }
3757
3758 // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003759 // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place unless this store
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003760 // was its only use. It may in turn be split up if it is an alloca load
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003761 // for some other alloca, but it may be a normal load. This may introduce
3762 // redundant loads, but where those can be merged the rest of the optimizer
3763 // should handle the merging, and this uncovers SSA splits which is more
3764 // important. In practice, the original loads will almost always be fully
3765 // split and removed eventually, and the splits will be merged by any
3766 // trivial CSE, including instcombine.
3767 if (LI->hasOneUse()) {
3768 assert(*LI->user_begin() == SI && "Single use isn't this store!");
3769 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3770 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003771 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3772 Offsets.S->kill();
3773 }
3774
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003775 // Remove the killed slices that have ben pre-split.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003776 AS.erase(std::remove_if(AS.begin(), AS.end(), [](const Slice &S) {
3777 return S.isDead();
3778 }), AS.end());
3779
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003780 // Insert our new slices. This will sort and merge them into the sorted
3781 // sequence.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003782 AS.insert(NewSlices);
3783
3784 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n");
3785#ifndef NDEBUG
3786 for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I)
3787 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " "));
3788#endif
3789
3790 // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting.
3791 // They have already been added to the worklist above.
3792 PromotableAllocas.erase(
3793 std::remove_if(
3794 PromotableAllocas.begin(), PromotableAllocas.end(),
3795 [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(AI); }),
3796 PromotableAllocas.end());
3797
3798 return true;
3799}
3800
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003801/// \brief Rewrite an alloca partition's users.
3802///
3803/// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries
3804/// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value
3805/// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will
3806/// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and
3807/// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the
3808/// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was
3809/// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be
3810/// promoted.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003811AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00003812 Partition &P) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003813 // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This
3814 // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
3815 // or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003816 Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003817 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003818 if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003819 if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003820 SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
3821 if (!SliceTy)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003822 if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003823 P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003824 SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
3825 if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
3826 SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003827 DL.isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003828 SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003829 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003830 SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003831 assert(DL.getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003832
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003833 bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003834
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003835 VectorType *VecTy =
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003836 IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, DL);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003837 if (VecTy)
3838 SliceTy = VecTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003839
3840 // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the
3841 // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that
3842 // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00003843 // perform phi and select speculation.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003844 AllocaInst *NewAI;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003845 if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003846 assert(P.beginOffset() == 0 &&
3847 "Non-zero begin offset but same alloca type");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003848 NewAI = &AI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003849 // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed".
3850 // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003851 // FIXME: return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003852 } else {
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003853 unsigned Alignment = AI.getAlignment();
3854 if (!Alignment) {
3855 // The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
3856 // alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
3857 // type.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003858 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003859 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003860 Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003861 // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
3862 // the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003863 if (Alignment <= DL.getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003864 Alignment = 0;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003865 NewAI = new AllocaInst(
3866 SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment,
3867 AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003868 ++NumNewAllocas;
3869 }
3870
3871 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition "
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003872 << "[" << P.beginOffset() << "," << P.endOffset()
3873 << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003874
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003875 // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003876 // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in
3877 // fact scheduled for promotion.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003878 unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size();
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003879 unsigned NumUses = 0;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003880 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
3881 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003882
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003883 AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003884 P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
3885 PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003886 bool Promotable = true;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00003887 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003888 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003889 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003890 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003891 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003892 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(&S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003893 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003894 }
3895
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003896 NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses;
3897 MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition =
3898 std::max<unsigned>(NumUses, MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003899
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003900 // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any
3901 // PHIs or Selects would block promotion.
3902 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *>::iterator I = PHIUsers.begin(),
3903 E = PHIUsers.end();
3904 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003905 if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003906 Promotable = false;
3907 PHIUsers.clear();
3908 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00003909 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003910 }
3911 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *>::iterator I = SelectUsers.begin(),
3912 E = SelectUsers.end();
3913 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003914 if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003915 Promotable = false;
3916 PHIUsers.clear();
3917 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00003918 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003919 }
3920
3921 if (Promotable) {
3922 if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) {
3923 // Promote the alloca.
3924 PromotableAllocas.push_back(NewAI);
3925 } else {
3926 // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those
3927 // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the
3928 // next iteration.
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00003929 for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers)
3930 SpeculatablePHIs.insert(PHIUser);
3931 for (SelectInst *SelectUser : SelectUsers)
3932 SpeculatableSelects.insert(SelectUser);
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003933 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
3934 }
3935 } else {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003936 // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new
3937 // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an
3938 // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted.
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003939 if (NewAI != &AI)
3940 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003941
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003942 // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003943 while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize)
3944 PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003945 }
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003946
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003947 return NewAI;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003948}
3949
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003950/// \brief Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them,
3951/// rewriting each of their uses.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00003952bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3953 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003954 return false;
3955
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003956 unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003957 bool Changed = false;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003958 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003959
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003960 // First try to pre-split loads and stores.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003961 Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
3962
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003963 // Now that we have identified any pre-splitting opportunities, mark any
3964 // splittable (non-whole-alloca) loads and stores as unsplittable. If we fail
3965 // to split these during pre-splitting, we want to force them to be
3966 // rewritten into a partition.
3967 bool IsSorted = true;
3968 for (Slice &S : AS) {
3969 if (!S.isSplittable())
3970 continue;
3971 // FIXME: We currently leave whole-alloca splittable loads and stores. This
3972 // used to be the only splittable loads and stores and we need to be
3973 // confident that the above handling of splittable loads and stores is
3974 // completely sufficient before we forcibly disable the remaining handling.
3975 if (S.beginOffset() == 0 &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003976 S.endOffset() >= DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()))
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003977 continue;
3978 if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
3979 isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
3980 S.makeUnsplittable();
3981 IsSorted = false;
3982 }
3983 }
3984 if (!IsSorted)
3985 std::sort(AS.begin(), AS.end());
3986
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003987 /// \brief Describes the allocas introduced by rewritePartition
3988 /// in order to migrate the debug info.
3989 struct Piece {
3990 AllocaInst *Alloca;
3991 uint64_t Offset;
3992 uint64_t Size;
3993 Piece(AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t O, uint64_t S)
3994 : Alloca(AI), Offset(O), Size(S) {}
3995 };
3996 SmallVector<Piece, 4> Pieces;
3997
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003998 // Rewrite each partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003999 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004000 if (AllocaInst *NewAI = rewritePartition(AI, AS, P)) {
4001 Changed = true;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004002 if (NewAI != &AI) {
4003 uint64_t SizeOfByte = 8;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004004 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI->getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004005 // Don't include any padding.
4006 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocaSize, P.size() * SizeOfByte);
4007 Pieces.push_back(Piece(NewAI, P.beginOffset() * SizeOfByte, Size));
4008 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004009 }
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004010 ++NumPartitions;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004011 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004012
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004013 NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions;
4014 MaxPartitionsPerAlloca =
4015 std::max<unsigned>(NumPartitions, MaxPartitionsPerAlloca);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004016
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004017 // Migrate debug information from the old alloca to the new alloca(s)
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00004018 // and the individual partitions.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004019 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(&AI)) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004020 auto *Var = DbgDecl->getVariable();
4021 auto *Expr = DbgDecl->getExpression();
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00004022 DIBuilder DIB(*AI.getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004023 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AI.getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004024 for (auto Piece : Pieces) {
4025 // Create a piece expression describing the new partition or reuse AI's
4026 // expression if there is only one partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004027 auto *PieceExpr = Expr;
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004028 if (Piece.Size < AllocaSize || Expr->isBitPiece()) {
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004029 // If this alloca is already a scalar replacement of a larger aggregate,
4030 // Piece.Offset describes the offset inside the scalar.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004031 uint64_t Offset = Expr->isBitPiece() ? Expr->getBitPieceOffset() : 0;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004032 uint64_t Start = Offset + Piece.Offset;
4033 uint64_t Size = Piece.Size;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004034 if (Expr->isBitPiece()) {
4035 uint64_t AbsEnd = Expr->getBitPieceOffset() + Expr->getBitPieceSize();
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004036 if (Start >= AbsEnd)
4037 // No need to describe a SROAed padding.
4038 continue;
4039 Size = std::min(Size, AbsEnd - Start);
4040 }
4041 PieceExpr = DIB.createBitPieceExpression(Start, Size);
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004042 } else {
4043 assert(Pieces.size() == 1 &&
4044 "partition is as large as original alloca");
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004045 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004046
4047 // Remove any existing dbg.declare intrinsic describing the same alloca.
4048 if (DbgDeclareInst *OldDDI = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(Piece.Alloca))
4049 OldDDI->eraseFromParent();
4050
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithcd1aecf2015-04-15 21:18:07 +00004051 DIB.insertDeclare(Piece.Alloca, Var, PieceExpr, DbgDecl->getDebugLoc(),
4052 &AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004053 }
4054 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004055 return Changed;
4056}
4057
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004058/// \brief Clobber a use with undef, deleting the used value if it becomes dead.
4059void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) {
4060 Value *OldV = U;
4061 // Replace the use with an undef value.
4062 U = UndefValue::get(OldV->getType());
4063
4064 // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect
4065 // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being
4066 // minimal.
4067 if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldV))
4068 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(OldI)) {
4069 DeadInsts.insert(OldI);
4070 }
4071}
4072
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004073/// \brief Analyze an alloca for SROA.
4074///
4075/// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004076/// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004077/// rewritten as needed.
4078bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
4079 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n");
4080 ++NumAllocasAnalyzed;
4081
4082 // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial.
4083 if (AI.use_empty()) {
4084 AI.eraseFromParent();
4085 return true;
4086 }
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004087 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004088
4089 // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
4090 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004091 DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004092 return false;
4093
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004094 bool Changed = false;
4095
4096 // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
4097 // better splitting and promotion opportunities.
Benjamin Kramer6db33382015-10-15 15:08:58 +00004098 AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004099 Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
4100
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004101 // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004102 AllocaSlices AS(DL, AI);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004103 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
4104 if (AS.isEscaped())
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004105 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004106
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004107 // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004108 for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004109 // Free up everything used by this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004110 for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands())
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004111 clobberUse(DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004112
4113 // Now replace the uses of this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004114 DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(DeadUser->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004115
4116 // And mark it for deletion.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004117 DeadInsts.insert(DeadUser);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004118 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004119 }
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004120 for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) {
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004121 clobberUse(*DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004122 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004123 }
4124
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004125 // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004126 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00004127 return Changed;
4128
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004129 Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004130
4131 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n");
4132 while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty())
4133 speculatePHINodeLoads(*SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val());
4134
4135 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating Selects\n");
4136 while (!SpeculatableSelects.empty())
4137 speculateSelectInstLoads(*SpeculatableSelects.pop_back_val());
4138
4139 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004140}
4141
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004142/// \brief Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run.
4143///
4144/// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done
4145/// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to
4146/// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers
4147/// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm.
4148///
4149/// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't
4150/// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004151void SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(
4152 SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004153 while (!DeadInsts.empty()) {
4154 Instruction *I = DeadInsts.pop_back_val();
4155 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n");
4156
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00004157 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
4158
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004159 for (Use &Operand : I->operands())
4160 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004161 // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004162 Operand = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004163 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00004164 DeadInsts.insert(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004165 }
4166
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004167 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004168 DeletedAllocas.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004169 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(AI))
4170 DbgDecl->eraseFromParent();
4171 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004172
4173 ++NumDeleted;
4174 I->eraseFromParent();
4175 }
4176}
4177
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004178/// \brief Promote the allocas, using the best available technique.
4179///
4180/// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in
4181/// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do.
Chandler Carruth748d0952015-08-26 09:09:29 +00004182/// This function returns whether any promotion occurred.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004183bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) {
4184 if (PromotableAllocas.empty())
4185 return false;
4186
4187 NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size();
4188
Chandler Carruth748d0952015-08-26 09:09:29 +00004189 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n");
4190 PromoteMemToReg(PromotableAllocas, *DT, nullptr, AC);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004191 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4192 return true;
4193}
4194
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004195PreservedAnalyses SROA::runImpl(Function &F, DominatorTree &RunDT,
4196 AssumptionCache &RunAC) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004197 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
4198 C = &F.getContext();
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004199 DT = &RunDT;
4200 AC = &RunAC;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004201
4202 BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock();
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00004203 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004204 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004205 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4206 Worklist.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004207 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004208
4209 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004210 // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from
4211 // the list of promotable allocas.
4212 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas;
4213
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004214 do {
4215 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4216 Changed |= runOnAlloca(*Worklist.pop_back_val());
4217 deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruthb09f0a32012-10-02 22:46:45 +00004218
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004219 // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to
4220 // continue processing them.
4221 if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004222 auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(AI); };
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004223 Worklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
4224 PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004225 PromotableAllocas.erase(std::remove_if(PromotableAllocas.begin(),
4226 PromotableAllocas.end(),
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004227 IsInSet),
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004228 PromotableAllocas.end());
4229 DeletedAllocas.clear();
4230 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004231 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004232
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004233 Changed |= promoteAllocas(F);
4234
4235 Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist;
4236 PostPromotionWorklist.clear();
4237 } while (!Worklist.empty());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004238
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004239 // FIXME: Even when promoting allocas we should preserve some abstract set of
4240 // CFG-specific analyses.
4241 return Changed ? PreservedAnalyses::none() : PreservedAnalyses::all();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004242}
4243
Chandler Carruthb47f8012016-03-11 11:05:24 +00004244PreservedAnalyses SROA::run(Function &F, AnalysisManager<Function> &AM) {
4245 return runImpl(F, AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
4246 AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004247}
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004248
4249/// A legacy pass for the legacy pass manager that wraps the \c SROA pass.
4250///
4251/// This is in the llvm namespace purely to allow it to be a friend of the \c
4252/// SROA pass.
4253class llvm::sroa::SROALegacyPass : public FunctionPass {
4254 /// The SROA implementation.
4255 SROA Impl;
4256
4257public:
4258 SROALegacyPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
4259 initializeSROALegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
4260 }
4261 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override {
4262 if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
4263 return false;
4264
4265 auto PA = Impl.runImpl(
4266 F, getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
4267 getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F));
4268 return !PA.areAllPreserved();
4269 }
4270 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
4271 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
4272 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
4273 AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>();
4274 AU.setPreservesCFG();
4275 }
4276
4277 const char *getPassName() const override { return "SROA"; }
4278 static char ID;
4279};
4280
4281char SROALegacyPass::ID = 0;
4282
4283FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass() { return new SROALegacyPass(); }
4284
4285INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROALegacyPass, "sroa",
4286 "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false, false)
4287INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
4288INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
4289INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROALegacyPass, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates",
4290 false, false)